blob: ed8f10d7848e256458086a27e2dec2f6bb776bce [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +000040 llvm::Value *Cell =
41 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000042 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
43 }
44}
45
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000047 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000048 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
49}
50
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000051ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
52
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000054 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000055 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
56 if (!RD)
57 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000058 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000059}
60
61static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000062 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000063 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
64 if (!RT)
65 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000066 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
67}
68
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000069/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
70/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
71static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
72 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
73 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
74 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
75 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
76 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
77 }
78 }
79 return Ty;
80}
81
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000082CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
83 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000084}
85
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
87 return CGT.getContext();
88}
89
90llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
91 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
92}
93
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000094const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
95 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000096}
97
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000098const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
99 return CGT.getTarget();
100}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000101
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000102bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
103 return false;
104}
105
106bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
107 uint64_t Members) const {
108 return false;
109}
110
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +0000111bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
112 return false;
113}
114
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000115void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000116 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000117 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000118 switch (TheKind) {
119 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000120 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000121 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000122 Ty->print(OS);
123 else
124 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000125 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000126 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000127 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000128 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000129 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000130 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000131 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000132 case InAlloca:
133 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
134 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000135 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000136 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000137 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000138 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000139 break;
140 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000141 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000142 break;
143 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000144 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000145}
146
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000147TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
148
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000149// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
150// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
151unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
152 // Verified for:
153 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
154 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
155 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
156 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000157 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000158 return 32;
159}
160
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000161bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
162 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000163 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
164 // x86_stdcall
165 // MIPS
166 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
167 return false;
168}
169
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000170void
171TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
172 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
173 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
174 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
175 // dynamic.
176 Opt = "-l";
177 Opt += Lib;
178}
179
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000180static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000181
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000182/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000183/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000184static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
185 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000186 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
187 return true;
188
189 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000190
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000191 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
192 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000193 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000194 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
195 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
196 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000197 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000198 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000199
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000200 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
201 if (!RT)
202 return false;
203
204 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
205 //
206 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
207 // current ABI.
208 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
209 return false;
210
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000211 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000212}
213
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000214/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000215/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
216/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000217static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000219 if (!RT)
220 return 0;
221 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
222 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
223 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000224
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000225 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000226 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000227 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
228 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000229 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000230
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000231 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
232 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000233 return false;
234 return true;
235}
236
237/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
238/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
239/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
240/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
241/// considered single element structs.
242///
243/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
244/// it exists.
245static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
Benjamin Kramer83b1bf32015-03-02 16:09:24 +0000246 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000247 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000248 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249
250 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
251 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000252 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000254 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000255
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000256 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
257 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000258 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000259 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000260 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000261 continue;
262
263 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
264 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000265 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000266
267 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
268 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000269 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000270 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000271 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000272 }
273 }
274
275 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000276 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000277 QualType FT = FD->getType();
278
279 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000280 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 continue;
282
283 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
284 // struct.
285 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000286 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000287
288 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
289 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
290 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
291 break;
292 FT = AT->getElementType();
293 }
294
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000295 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000296 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
297 } else {
298 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
299 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000300 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000301 }
302 }
303
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000304 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
305 // padding beyond the element type.
306 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000307 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000308
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000309 return Found;
310}
311
312static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000313 // Treat complex types as the element type.
314 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
315 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
316
317 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
318 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
319 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000320 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000321 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000322 return false;
323
324 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
325 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
326}
327
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000328/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
329/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
330/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
331/// inhibiting optimizations.
332///
333// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
334// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
335// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
336// capable of handling it.
337static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
338 // We can only expand structure types.
339 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
340 if (!RT)
341 return false;
342
343 // We can only expand (C) structures.
344 //
345 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
346 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000347 if (!RD->isStruct())
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000348 return false;
349
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000350 // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl.
351 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
352 if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
353 return false;
354 }
355
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000356 uint64_t Size = 0;
357
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000358 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000359 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
360 return false;
361
362 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
363 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
364 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
365 if (FD->isBitField())
366 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000367
368 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000369 }
370
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000371 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
372 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
373 return false;
374
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000375 return true;
376}
377
378namespace {
379/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
380/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
381/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
382/// conform to any particular ABI.
383class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000384public:
385 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000386
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000387 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
388 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000389
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000390 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000391 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
392 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000393 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
394 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000395 }
396
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000397 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
398 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000399};
400
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000401class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
402public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000403 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
404 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000405};
406
407llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
408 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000409 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000410}
411
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000412ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000413 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
414
415 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
416 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
417 // passed by value.
418 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
419 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
420
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000421 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000422 }
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000423
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000424 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
425 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
426 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000427
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000428 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
429 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000430}
431
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000432ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
433 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
434 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
435
436 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
437 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
438
439 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
440 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
441 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
442
443 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
444 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
445}
446
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000447//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
448// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449//
450// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
451// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000452//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
453
454class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
455 public:
456 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
457
458 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000459 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000460
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000461 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
462 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
463 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000464};
465
466class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
467 public:
468 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
469 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
470};
471
472void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000473 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000474 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
475
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000476 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
477 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
478}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000479
480llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
481 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000482 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000483}
484
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000485/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
486ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000487 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000488 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000489 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000491 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
492 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000493 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000494 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
495 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
496 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000497 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000498
499 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
500 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000501}
502
503ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
504 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
505 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
506
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000507 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000508 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
509 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
510
511 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
512 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
513 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
514
515 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
516 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
517}
518
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000519/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
520bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
521 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000522 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
523 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
524 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
525}
526
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000527static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000528 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000529 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000530 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
531 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
532 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000533 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000534 }
535
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000536 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000537 }
538
539 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000540 return Ty;
541}
542
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000543/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
544/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
545static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
546 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
547 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
548 return true;
549 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
550 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
551 // registers specially.
552 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
553 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
554 return true;
555 }
556 return false;
557}
558
559/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
560/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
561static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
562 return NumMembers <= 4;
563}
564
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000565//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
566// X86-32 ABI Implementation
567//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000568
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000569/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
570struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000571 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000572
573 unsigned CC;
574 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000575 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000576};
577
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000578/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
579class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000580 enum Class {
581 Integer,
582 Float
583 };
584
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000585 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
586
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000587 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
588 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000589 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000590 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000591
592 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
593 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
594 }
595
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000596 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
597 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
598 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
599 }
600
601 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
602 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
603 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
604 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
605 }
606
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000607 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000609 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
610 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000611 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
612
613 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000614
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000615 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000616 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000617
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000618 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000619 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000620 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
621 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000622
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000623 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
624 /// inalloca.
625 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
626
627 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
628 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
629 QualType Type) const;
630
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000631public:
632
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000633 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
634 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
635 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000636
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000637 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000638 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000639 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000640 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000642
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000643class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
644public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000645 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000646 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
647 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000648
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000649 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
650 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
651
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +0000652 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000653 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000654
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000655 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000656 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000657 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000658 return 4;
659 }
660
661 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000662 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000663
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000664 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000665 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000666 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000667 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
668 }
669
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000670 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
671 std::string &Constraints,
672 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
673 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
674 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
675 std::string &AsmString,
676 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
677
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000678 llvm::Constant *
679 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000680 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
681 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
682 ('F' << 16) |
683 ('T' << 24);
684 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
685 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000686};
687
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +0000688} // namespace
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000689
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000690/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
691/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
692/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
693/// mov $0, $1
694/// mov eax, $1
695/// The result will be:
696/// mov $0, $2
697/// mov eax, $2
698static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
699 unsigned NumNewOuts,
700 std::string &AsmString) {
701 std::string Buf;
702 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
703 size_t Pos = 0;
704 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
705 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
706 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
707 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
708 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
709 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
710 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
711 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
712 Pos = DollarEnd;
713 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
714 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
715 // We have an operand reference.
716 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
717 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
718 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
719 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
720 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
721 unsigned OperandIndex;
722 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
723 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
724 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
725 OS << OperandIndex;
726 } else {
727 OS << OperandStr;
728 }
729 Pos = DigitEnd;
730 }
731 }
732 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
733}
734
735/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
736void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
737 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
738 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
739 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
740 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
741 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
742 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
743
744 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
745 // larger.
746 if (!Constraints.empty())
747 Constraints += ',';
748 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
749 Constraints += "={eax}";
750 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
751 } else {
752 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
753 Constraints += "=A";
754 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
755 }
756
757 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
758 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
759 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
760
761 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
762 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
763 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
764 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
765
766 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
767}
768
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000769/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
770/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000771bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
772 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000773 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
774
775 // Type must be register sized.
776 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
777 return false;
778
779 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
780 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
781 // registers.
782 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
783 return false;
784
785 return true;
786 }
787
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000788 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
789 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000790 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000791 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000792 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000793 return true;
794
795 // Arrays are treated like records.
796 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000797 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000798
799 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000800 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000801 if (!RT) return false;
802
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000803 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
804
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000805 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
806 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000807 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000808 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000809 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000810 continue;
811
812 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000813 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000814 return false;
815 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000816 return true;
817}
818
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000819ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
820 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
821 // integer register.
822 if (State.FreeRegs) {
823 --State.FreeRegs;
824 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
825 }
826 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
827}
828
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +0000829ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
830 CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000831 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000832 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000833
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000834 const Type *Base = nullptr;
835 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
836 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
837 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
838 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
839 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
840 }
841
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000842 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000843 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000844 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000845 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000846
847 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
848 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
849 // backend will like.
850 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000851 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000852 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000853
854 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
855 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
856 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
857 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000858 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000859 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000860
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000861 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000862 }
863
864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000865 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000866
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000867 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000868 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000869 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000870 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000871 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000872 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000873
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000874 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
875 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000876 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000877
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000878 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
879 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000880 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000881 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000882
883 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
884 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000885 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
886 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
887 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000888 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000889 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000890 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000891 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
892
893 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
894 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000895 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000896 }
897
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000898 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000899 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000900
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000901 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
902 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
903 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
904
905 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
906 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000907}
908
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000909static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
910 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
911}
912
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000913static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
914 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
915 if (!RT)
916 return 0;
917 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
918
919 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
920 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000921 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
922 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000923 return false;
924
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000925 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000926 QualType FT = i->getType();
927
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000928 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000929 return true;
930
931 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
932 return true;
933 }
934
935 return false;
936}
937
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000938unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
939 unsigned Align) const {
940 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
941 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000942 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000943 return 0; // Use default alignment.
944
945 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
946 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
947 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000948 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000949 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000950
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000951 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000952 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
953 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000954 return 16;
955
956 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000957}
958
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000959ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000960 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000961 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000962 if (State.FreeRegs) {
963 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000964 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
965 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000966 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000967 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000968
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000969 // Compute the byval alignment.
970 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
971 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
972 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000973 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000974
975 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
976 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000977 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
978 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000979}
980
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000981X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
982 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
983 if (!T)
984 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
985
986 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
987 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
988 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
989 return Float;
990 }
991 return Integer;
992}
993
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000994bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
995 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000996 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000997 Class C = classify(Ty);
998 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000999 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001000
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001001 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1002 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +00001003
1004 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
1005 return false;
1006
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001007 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
1008 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001009 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001010 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001011
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001012 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001013
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001014 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1015 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001016 if (Size > 32)
1017 return false;
1018
1019 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1020 return true;
1021
1022 if (Ty->isPointerType())
1023 return true;
1024
1025 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1026 return true;
1027
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001028 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001029 NeedsPadding = true;
1030
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001031 return false;
1032 }
1033
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001034 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001035}
1036
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001037ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1038 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001039 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001040
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001041 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1042
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001043 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1044 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1045 if (RT) {
1046 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1047 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1048 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1049 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1050 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1051 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1052 }
1053 }
1054
1055 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1056 // to other targets.
1057 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1058 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1059 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1060 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1061 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1062 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1063 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1064 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1065 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1066 }
1067 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1068 }
1069
1070 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1071 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001072 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001073 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001074 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001075
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001076 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001077 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001078 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001079 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001080
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001081 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001082 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001083 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1084
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001085 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1086 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1087 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001088 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001089 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001090 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001091 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1092 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1093 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001094 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001095
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001096 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1097 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1098 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1099 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001100 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1101 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001102 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001103 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1104 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1105 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001106
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001107 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001108 }
1109
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001110 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001111 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1112 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001113 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1114 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001115 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1116 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1117 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1118 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001119 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001120
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001121 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001123
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001124 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1125 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001126
1127
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001128 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1129 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001130
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001131 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001132 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001133
1134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1135 if (InReg)
1136 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1137 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1138 }
1139 if (InReg)
1140 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1141 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001142}
1143
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001144void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001145 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1146 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1147 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001148 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1149 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1150 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1151 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001152 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001153 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001154 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001155
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001156 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001157 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001158 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1159 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1160 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1161 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1162 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1163 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1164 }
1165 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001166
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001167 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1168 if (FI.isChainCall())
1169 ++State.FreeRegs;
1170
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001171 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001172 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1173 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1174 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001175 }
1176
1177 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1178 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1179 if (UsedInAlloca)
1180 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1181}
1182
1183void
1184X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1185 unsigned &StackOffset,
1186 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001187 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1188 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1189 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1190 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1191
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001192 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
1193 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001194 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001195 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001196 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001197 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1198 assert(NumBytes);
1199 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1200 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1201 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1202 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001203}
1204
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001205static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1206 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1207 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1208 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1209 return true;
1210 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1211 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1212 return true;
1213 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1214 return false;
1215 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1216 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1217 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1218 if (Info.getInReg())
1219 return false;
1220 return true;
1221 }
1222 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1223}
1224
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001225void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1226 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1227
1228 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1229 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1230
1231 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001232 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1233
1234 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1235 bool IsThisCall =
1236 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1237 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1238 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1239 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1240 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1241 ++I;
1242 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001243
1244 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001245 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1246 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1247 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001248 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1249 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001250 }
1251
1252 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001253 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001254 ++I;
1255
1256 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1257 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001258 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1259 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001260 }
1261
1262 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1263 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001264}
1265
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001266llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1267 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001268 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001269
1270 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1271 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1272 "ap");
1273 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001274
1275 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1276 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1277 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1278 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1279 if (Align > 4) {
1280 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1281 llvm::Value *Offset =
1282 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1283 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1284 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1285 CGF.Int32Ty);
1286 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1287 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1288 Addr->getType(),
1289 "ap.cur.aligned");
1290 }
1291
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001292 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001293 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001294 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1295
1296 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001297 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001298 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001299 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001300 "ap.next");
1301 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1302
1303 return AddrTyped;
1304}
1305
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001306bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1307 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1308 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1309
1310 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1311 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1312 break;
1313 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1314 return false;
1315 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1316 return true;
1317 }
1318
1319 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1320 return true;
1321
1322 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001323 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1324 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1325 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1326 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001327 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001328 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001329 default:
1330 return false;
1331 }
1332}
1333
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001334void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001335 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1336 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1337 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1338 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1339 // Get the LLVM function.
1340 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1341
1342 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001343 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001344 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001345 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1346 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1347 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1348 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001349 }
1350 }
1351}
1352
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001353bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1354 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1355 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1356 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001357
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001358 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001359
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001360 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1361 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1362 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001363 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001364
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001365 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001366 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1367 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1368 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001369 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001370 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001371
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001372 } else {
1373 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1374 // reason.
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +00001375 Builder.CreateStore(
1376 Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9));
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001377
1378 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1379 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1380 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001381 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001382 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1383 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001384
1385 return false;
1386}
1387
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001388//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1389// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1390//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1391
1392
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001393namespace {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001394/// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets.
1395enum class X86AVXABILevel {
1396 None,
1397 AVX
1398};
1399
1400/// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel.
1401static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) {
1402 switch (AVXLevel) {
1403 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX:
1404 return 256;
1405 case X86AVXABILevel::None:
1406 return 128;
1407 }
1408}
1409
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001410/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1411class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1412 enum Class {
1413 Integer = 0,
1414 SSE,
1415 SSEUp,
1416 X87,
1417 X87Up,
1418 ComplexX87,
1419 NoClass,
1420 Memory
1421 };
1422
1423 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1424 ///
1425 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1426 /// classification \arg Field.
1427 ///
1428 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1429 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1430 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1431 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001432 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001433
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001434 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1435 ///
1436 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1437 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1438 ///
1439 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1440 /// the classification process.
1441 ///
1442 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1443 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1444 ///
1445 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1446 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1447 ///
1448 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1449
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001450 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1451 /// given type T should be passed.
1452 ///
1453 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1454 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1455 ///
1456 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1457 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1458 ///
1459 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1460 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1461 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1462 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001463 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1464 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1465 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001466 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1467 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1468 /// will be Memory.
1469 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001470 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001471 ///
1472 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1473 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001474 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1475 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001476
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001477 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001478 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1479 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1480 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1481 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1482 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1483 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001484
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001485 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001486 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001487 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001488
1489 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001490 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001491 ///
1492 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1493 /// available.
1494 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001495
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001496 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001497
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001498 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001499 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001500 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001501 unsigned &neededSSE,
1502 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001503
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001504 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1505
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001506 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1507 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1508 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1509 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1510 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1511 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001512 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001513 }
1514
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001515 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001516 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1517 // 64-bit hardware.
1518 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001519
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001520public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001521 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) :
1522 ABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001523 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001524 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001525
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001526 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1527 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001528 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001529 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1530 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001531 if (info.isDirect()) {
1532 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1533 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1534 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1535 }
1536 return false;
1537 }
1538
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001539 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001540
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001541 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1542 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001543
1544 bool has64BitPointers() const {
1545 return Has64BitPointers;
1546 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001547};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001548
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001549/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001550class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1551
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001552 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1553 bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001554
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001555public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001556 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1557
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001558 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001559
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001562
1563 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1564 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1565 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1566 }
1567
1568 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1569 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1570 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1571 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1572 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001573};
1574
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001575class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001576 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001577public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001578 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
1579 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel)),
1580 AVXLevel(AVXLevel) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001581
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001582 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1583 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1584 }
1585
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001586 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001587 return 7;
1588 }
1589
1590 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001591 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001592 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001593
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001594 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1595 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001596 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001597 return false;
1598 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001599
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001600 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001601 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001602 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001603 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1604 }
1605
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001606 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001607 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001608 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1609 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001610 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001611 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1612 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1613 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001614 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001615 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001616 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1617 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1618 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1619 HasAVXType = true;
1620 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001621 }
1622 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001623
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001624 if (!HasAVXType)
1625 return true;
1626 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001627
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001628 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001629 }
1630
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001631 llvm::Constant *
1632 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001633 unsigned Sig;
1634 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1635 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1636 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1637 ('F' << 16) |
1638 ('T' << 24);
1639 else
1640 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1641 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
1642 ('F' << 16) |
1643 ('T' << 24);
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001644 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1645 }
1646
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001647 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001648 return getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel) / 8;
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001649 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001650};
1651
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001652class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1653public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001654 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
1655 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, AVXLevel) {}
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001656
1657 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00001658 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001659 Opt = "\01";
1660 Opt += Lib;
1661 }
1662};
1663
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001664static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001665 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1666 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1667 // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1668 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1669 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1670 ArgStr += Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001671 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001672 ArgStr += ".lib";
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001673 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001674 return ArgStr;
1675}
1676
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001677class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1678public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001679 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1680 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1681 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001682
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001683 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001684 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1685
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001686 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001687 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001688 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001689 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001690 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001691
1692 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1693 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001694 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001695 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001696 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001697};
1698
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001699static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1700 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1701 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
1702 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1703 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1704 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1705
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001706 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
1707 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001708 }
1709 }
1710}
1711
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001712void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001713 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1714 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001715 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001716
1717 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1718}
1719
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001720class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001721 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001722public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001723 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1724 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
1725 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), AVXLevel(AVXLevel) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001726
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001727 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001728 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1729
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001730 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001731 return 7;
1732 }
1733
1734 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001735 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001736 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001737
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001738 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1739 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001740 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001741 return false;
1742 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001743
1744 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001745 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001746 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001747 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001748 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001749
1750 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1751 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001752 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001753 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001754 }
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001755
1756 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001757 return getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel) / 8;
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001758 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001759};
1760
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001761void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001762 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1763 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001764 TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001765
1766 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1767}
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00001768} // namespace
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001769
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001770void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1771 Class &Hi) const {
1772 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1773 //
1774 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1775 // memory.
1776 //
1777 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1778 // memory.
1779 //
1780 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1781 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1782 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1783 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1784 //
1785 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1786 //
1787 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1788 // only with unions; for example:
1789 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1790 //
1791 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1792 //
1793 if (Hi == Memory)
1794 Lo = Memory;
1795 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1796 Lo = Memory;
1797 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1798 Lo = Memory;
1799 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1800 Hi = SSE;
1801}
1802
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001803X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001804 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1805 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1806 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1807 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1808 //
1809 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1810 //
1811 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1812 // the other class.
1813 //
1814 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1815 // class.
1816 //
1817 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1818 // INTEGER.
1819 //
1820 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1821 // MEMORY is used as class.
1822 //
1823 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1824
1825 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1826 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1827 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1828 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1829 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1830 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001831 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001832 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001833 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001834 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001835 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001836 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001837 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1838 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001839 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001840 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001841}
1842
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001843void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001844 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001845 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1846 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1847 // situations.
1848
1849 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1850 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1851 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1852
1853 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1854
1855 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1856 Current = Memory;
1857
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001858 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001859 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1860
1861 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1862 Current = NoClass;
1863 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1864 Lo = Integer;
1865 Hi = Integer;
1866 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1867 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001868 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1869 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001870 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001871 Current = SSE;
1872 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1873 Lo = X87;
1874 Hi = X87Up;
1875 }
1876 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1877 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001878 return;
1879 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001880
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001881 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001882 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001883 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001884 return;
1885 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001886
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001887 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001888 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001889 return;
1890 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001891
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001892 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001893 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1894 if (Has64BitPointers) {
1895 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1896 // Lo and Hi now.
1897 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1898 } else {
1899 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1900 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1901 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1902 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1903 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1904 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1905 } else {
1906 Current = Integer;
1907 }
1908 }
1909 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001910 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001911 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001912 return;
1913 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001914
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001915 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001916 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001917 if (Size == 32) {
1918 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1919 // float> as integer.
1920 Current = Integer;
1921
1922 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1923 // split.
1924 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1925 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1926 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1927 Hi = Lo;
1928 } else if (Size == 64) {
1929 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1930 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1931 return;
1932
1933 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001934 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001935 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1936 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1937 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001938 Current = Integer;
1939 else
1940 Current = SSE;
1941
1942 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1943 // split.
1944 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1945 Hi = Lo;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001946 } else if (Size == 128 ||
1947 (isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001948 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1949 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1950 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1951 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1952 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1953 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1954 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001955 //
1956 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1957 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1958 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001959 Lo = SSE;
1960 Hi = SSEUp;
1961 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001962 return;
1963 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001964
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001965 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001966 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001967
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001968 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001969 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001970 if (Size <= 64)
1971 Current = Integer;
1972 else if (Size <= 128)
1973 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001974 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001975 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001976 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1977 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001978 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001979 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001980 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001981 Current = ComplexX87;
1982
1983 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1984 // should be split.
1985 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001986 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001987 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1988 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001989
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001990 return;
1991 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001992
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001993 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001994 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1995
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001996 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001997
1998 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001999 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2000 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002001 return;
2002
2003 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
2004 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
2005 //
2006 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002007 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002008 return;
2009
2010 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
2011 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
2012 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002013 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002014 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00002015
2016 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
2017 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2018 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2019 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
2020 return;
2021
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002022 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
2023 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002024 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002025 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2026 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2027 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2028 break;
2029 }
2030
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002031 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002032 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002033 return;
2034 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002035
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002036 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002037 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002038
2039 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002040 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2041 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002042 return;
2043
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002044 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2045 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2046 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002047 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002048 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002049
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002050 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2051
2052 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2053 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2054 return;
2055
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002056 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002057
2058 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2059 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002060
2061 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2062 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002063 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2064 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002065 "Unexpected base class!");
2066 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002067 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002068
2069 // Classify this field.
2070 //
2071 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2072 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2073 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2074 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002075 uint64_t Offset =
2076 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002077 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002078 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2079 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2080 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2081 break;
2082 }
2083 }
2084
2085 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002086 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00002087 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002088 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002089 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2090 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2091
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002092 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2093 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002094 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002095 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2096 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2097 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2098 //
2099 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2100 Lo = Memory;
2101 return;
2102 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002103 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002104 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002105 Lo = Memory;
2106 return;
2107 }
2108
2109 // Classify this field.
2110 //
2111 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2112 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2113 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2114 // NO_CLASS.
2115 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2116
2117 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2118 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2119 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2120 if (BitField) {
2121 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2122 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2123 continue;
2124
2125 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002126 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002127
2128 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2129 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002130
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002131 if (EB_Lo) {
2132 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2133 FieldLo = NoClass;
2134 FieldHi = Integer;
2135 } else {
2136 FieldLo = Integer;
2137 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2138 }
2139 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002140 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002141 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2142 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2143 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2144 break;
2145 }
2146
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002147 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002148 }
2149}
2150
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002151ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002152 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2153 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002154 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002155 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2156 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2157 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2158
2159 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2160 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2161 }
2162
2163 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2164}
2165
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002166bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2167 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2168 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002169 unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel);
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002170 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2171 return true;
2172 }
2173
2174 return false;
2175}
2176
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002177ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2178 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002179 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2180 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002181 //
2182 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2183 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2184 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2185 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2186 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002187 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002188 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2189 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2190 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2191
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002192 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2193 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002194 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002195
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002196 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002197 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002198
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002199 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2200 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2201 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002202
2203 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2204 // is important for good codegen.
2205 //
2206 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2207 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2208 //
2209 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2210 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2211 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2212 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2213 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2214 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2215 // might be inreg.
2216 //
2217 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2218 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2219 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2220 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2221 //
2222 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2223 // attributes. See PR12193.
2224 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2225 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2226
2227 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2228 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2229 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2230 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2231 Size));
2232 }
2233
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002234 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002235}
2236
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002237/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2238/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002239llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002240 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2241 // vectors; strip them off if present.
2242 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2243 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002244
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002245 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Andrea Di Biagioe7347c62015-06-02 19:34:40 +00002246 if(isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType))
2247 return IRType;
2248
2249 // We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'.
2250 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2251 assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!");
2252
2253 // Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'.
2254 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()),
2255 Size / 64);
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002256}
2257
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002258/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2259/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2260/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2261/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2262/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2263///
2264/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2265static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2266 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2267 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2268 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2269 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2270 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2271 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2272 return true;
2273
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002274 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2275 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2276 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2277
2278 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2279 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2280 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2281 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2282 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002283
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002284 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2285 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2286 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2287 return false;
2288 }
2289 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2290 return true;
2291 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002292
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002293 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2294 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2295 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002296
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002297 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2298 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002299 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2300 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002301 "Unexpected base class!");
2302 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002303 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002304
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002305 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002306 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002307 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002308
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002309 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002310 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002311 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2312 return false;
2313 }
2314 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002315
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002316 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2317 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2318 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2319 // much.
2320 unsigned idx = 0;
2321 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2322 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2323 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002324
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002325 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2326 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2327
2328 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2329 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2330 Context))
2331 return false;
2332 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002333
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002334 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2335 // clean.
2336 return true;
2337 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002338
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002339 return false;
2340}
2341
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002342/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2343/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2344/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2345/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002346static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002347 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002348 // Base case if we find a float.
2349 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2350 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002351
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002352 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002353 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002354 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2355 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2356 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2357 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2358 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002359
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002360 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002361 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2362 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002363 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2364 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2365 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2366 }
2367
2368 return false;
2369}
2370
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002371
2372/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2373/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002374llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2375GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002376 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002377 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002378 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2379 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2380 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2381 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2382 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002383
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002384 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2385 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2386 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002387 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2388 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002389 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002390
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002391 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2392}
2393
2394
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002395/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2396/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2397/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2398/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002399/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2400/// etc).
2401///
2402/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2403/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2404/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2405///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002406/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002407/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2408///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002409llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2410GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002411 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002412 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2413 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2414 if (IROffset == 0) {
2415 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002416 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2417 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002418 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002419
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002420 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2421 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2422 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2423 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2424 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2425 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2426 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002427 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2428 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2429 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2430 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002431
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002432 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2433 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2434 return IRType;
2435 }
2436 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002437
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002438 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002439 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002440 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002441 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2442 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2443 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002444
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002445 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2446 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002447 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002448 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002449
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002450 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002451 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002452 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002453 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002454 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2455 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002456 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002457
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002458 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2459 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002460 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2461 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002462
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002463 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002464
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002465 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2466 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002467 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2468 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002469}
2470
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002471
2472/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2473/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2474/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2475/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2476/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002477static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002478GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002479 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002480 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2481 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2482 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2483 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2484 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2485 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
David Majnemered684072014-10-20 06:13:36 +00002486 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002487 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002488
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002489 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2490 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2491 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2492 // struct.
2493 if (HiStart != 8) {
2494 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2495 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2496 // Promote these to a larger type.
2497 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2498 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2499 else {
2500 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2501 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2502 }
2503 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002504
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002505 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002506
2507
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002508 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2509 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2510 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2511 return Result;
2512}
2513
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002514ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002515classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002516 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2517 // classification algorithm.
2518 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002519 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002520
2521 // Check some invariants.
2522 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002523 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2524
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002525 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002526 switch (Lo) {
2527 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002528 if (Hi == NoClass)
2529 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2530 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2531 // null.
2532 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2533 "Unknown missing lo part");
2534 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002535
2536 case SSEUp:
2537 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002538 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002539
2540 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2541 // hidden argument.
2542 case Memory:
2543 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2544
2545 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2546 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2547 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002548 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002549
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002550 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2551 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2552 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2553 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2554 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2555 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002556
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002557 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2558 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2559 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2560 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002561 break;
2562
2563 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2564 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2565 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002566 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002567 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002568
2569 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2570 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2571 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002572 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002573 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002574
2575 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2576 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2577 // %st1.
2578 case ComplexX87:
2579 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002580 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002581 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002582 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002583 break;
2584 }
2585
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002586 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002587 switch (Hi) {
2588 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2589 // never occur as a hi class.
2590 case Memory:
2591 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002592 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002593
2594 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002595 case NoClass:
2596 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002597
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002598 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002599 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002600 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2601 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002602 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002603 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002604 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002605 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2606 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002607 break;
2608
2609 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002610 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2611 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002612 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002613 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002614 case SSEUp:
2615 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002616 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002617 break;
2618
2619 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2620 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2621 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002622 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002623 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002624 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002625 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002626 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002627 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002628 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2629 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002630 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002631 break;
2632 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002633
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002634 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002635 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2636 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002637 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002638 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002639
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002640 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002641}
2642
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002643ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002644 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2645 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002646 const
2647{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002648 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2649
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002650 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002651 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002652
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002653 // Check some invariants.
2654 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2655 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002656 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2657
2658 neededInt = 0;
2659 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002660 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002661 switch (Lo) {
2662 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002663 if (Hi == NoClass)
2664 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2665 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2666 // null.
2667 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2668 "Unknown missing lo part");
2669 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002670
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002671 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2672 // on the stack.
2673 case Memory:
2674
2675 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2676 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2677 case X87:
2678 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002679 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002680 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002681 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002682
2683 case SSEUp:
2684 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002685 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002686
2687 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2688 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2689 // and %r9 is used.
2690 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002691 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002692
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002693 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002694 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002695
2696 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2697 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2698 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2699 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2700 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2701 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002702
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002703 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2704 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2705 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2706 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002707
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002708 break;
2709
2710 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2711 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2712 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002713 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002714 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002715 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002716 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002717 break;
2718 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002719 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002720
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002721 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002722 switch (Hi) {
2723 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002724 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002725 // which is passed in memory.
2726 case Memory:
2727 case X87:
2728 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002729 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002730
2731 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002732
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002733 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002734 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002735 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002736 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002737
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002738 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2739 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002740 break;
2741
2742 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2743 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2744 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002745 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002746 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002747
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002748 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2749 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002750
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002751 ++neededSSE;
2752 break;
2753
2754 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2755 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002756 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002757 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002758 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002759 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002760 break;
2761 }
2762
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002763 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2764 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2765 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2766 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002767 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002768
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002769 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002770}
2771
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002772void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002773
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002774 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2775 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002776
2777 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002778 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002779
2780 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2781 // integer register.
2782 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2783 --freeIntRegs;
2784
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00002785 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2786 if (FI.isChainCall())
2787 ++freeIntRegs;
2788
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002789 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002790 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2791 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002792 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002793 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002794 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2795 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002796
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002797 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002798 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002799 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002800
2801 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2802 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2803 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2804 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002805 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002806 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2807 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2808 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002809 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002810 }
2811 }
2812}
2813
2814static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2815 QualType Ty,
2816 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00002817 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
2818 nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002819 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2820 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2821
2822 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2823 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002824 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2825 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002826 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2827 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002828 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002829 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002830 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002831 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2832 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002833 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002834 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002835 overflow_arg_area =
2836 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2837 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2838 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2839 }
2840
2841 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002842 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002843 llvm::Value *Res =
2844 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002845 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002846
2847 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2848 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2849 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2850 // an 8 byte boundary.
2851
2852 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002853 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002854 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002855 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2856 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2857 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2858
2859 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2860 return Res;
2861}
2862
2863llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2864 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2865 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2866 // struct {
2867 // i32 gp_offset;
2868 // i32 fp_offset;
2869 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2870 // i8* reg_save_area;
2871 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002872 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002873
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002874 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00002875 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002876 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002877
2878 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2879 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2880 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2881 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2882
2883 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2884 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2885 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2886
2887 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2888 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2889 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2890 //
2891 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2892 // register save space).
2893
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002894 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2895 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2896 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002897 if (neededInt) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002898 gp_offset_p =
2899 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002900 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002901 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2902 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002903 }
2904
2905 if (neededSSE) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002906 fp_offset_p =
2907 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002908 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2909 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002910 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2911 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002912 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2913 }
2914
2915 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2916 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2917 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2918 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2919
2920 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2921
2922 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2923
2924 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2925 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2926 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2927 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2928 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2929 //
2930 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2931 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2932 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2933 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002934 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002935 llvm::Value *RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
2936 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3), "reg_save_area");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002937 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2938 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002939 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002940 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002941 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2942 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002943 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002944 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2945 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002946 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002947 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002948 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2949 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002950 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2951 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002952 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2953 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002954 llvm::Value *V =
2955 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002956 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002957 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002958 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002959
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002960 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002961 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002962 } else if (neededInt) {
2963 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2964 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002965 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002966
2967 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2968 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2969 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2970 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2971 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2972 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002973 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2974 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2975 RegAddr = Tmp;
2976 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002977 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2978 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2979 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2980 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002981 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002982 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2983 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2984 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2985 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002986 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002987 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002988 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002989 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002990 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002991 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2992 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002993 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2994 DblPtrTy));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002995 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0));
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002996 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2997 DblPtrTy));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002998 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1));
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002999 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
3000 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003001 }
3002
3003 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
3004 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
3005 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
3006 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003007 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003008 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
3009 gp_offset_p);
3010 }
3011 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003012 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003013 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
3014 fp_offset_p);
3015 }
3016 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3017
3018 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
3019
3020 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
3021 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3022
3023 // Return the appropriate result.
3024
3025 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00003026 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003027 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003028 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3029 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003030 return ResAddr;
3031}
3032
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003033ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3034 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003035
3036 if (Ty->isVoidType())
3037 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3038
3039 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3040 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3041
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003042 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3043 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
3044 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003045
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003046 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3047 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003048 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003049 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003050 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3051 }
3052
3053 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003054 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3055
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003056 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003057 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003058 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003059 Width));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003060 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003061
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003062 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3063 // other targets.
3064 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3065 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3066 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3067 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3068 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3069 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3070 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3071 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3072 }
3073 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3074 }
3075
3076
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00003077 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00003078 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3079 // directly.
3080 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3081 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3082 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003083 }
3084
Michael Kuperstein4f818702015-02-24 09:35:58 +00003085 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003086 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3087 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003088 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003089 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003090
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003091 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003092 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003093 }
3094
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003095 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3096 // extended.
3097 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3098 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003099 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3100
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003101 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3102}
3103
3104void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003105 bool IsVectorCall =
3106 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003107
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003108 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3109 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3110 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3111 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3112
3113 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3114 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003115 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003116 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003117}
3118
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003119llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3120 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003121 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003122
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003123 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3124 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3125 "ap");
3126 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3127 llvm::Type *PTy =
3128 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3129 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3130
3131 uint64_t Offset =
3132 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3133 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3134 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3135 "ap.next");
3136 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3137
3138 return AddrTyped;
3139}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003140
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003141// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003142namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003143/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3144class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003145public:
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003146 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3147
3148 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3149 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3150};
3151
3152class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3153public:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003154 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
3155 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003156
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003157 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003158 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3159 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3160 }
3161
3162 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003163 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003164
3165 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3166 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3167 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003168};
3169
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00003170} // namespace
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003171
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003172llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3173 QualType Ty,
3174 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3175 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3176 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3177 (void)CTy;
3178 return nullptr;
3179 }
3180
3181 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003182 bool isInt =
3183 Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003184 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3185 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3186
3187 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3188 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3189 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003190 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt =
3191 Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003192 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003193 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt =
3194 Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3195 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr =
3196 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3197 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt =
3198 Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3199 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr =
3200 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003201 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3202 // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3203 if (isI64) {
3204 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3205 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3206 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3207 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3208 }
3209 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003210 llvm::Value *OverflowArea =
3211 Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3212 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt =
3213 Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3214 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea =
3215 Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3216 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt =
3217 Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003218
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003219 llvm::Value *CC =
3220 Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR, Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003221
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003222 llvm::Value *RegConstant =
3223 Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR, Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003224
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003225 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(
3226 RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003227
3228 if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3229 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3230
3231 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3232 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3233 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3234
3235 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3236
3237 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3238
3239 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3240 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3241 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3242 if (isInt) {
3243 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3244 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3245 } else {
3246 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3247 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3248 }
3249 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3250
3251 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3252
3253 // Increase the overflow area.
3254 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003255 OverflowAreaAsInt =
3256 Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3257 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr),
3258 OverflowAreaPtr);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003259 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3260
3261 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3262
3263 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3264 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3265 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3266
3267 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003268 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003269 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3270 }
3271
3272 return Result;
3273}
3274
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003275bool
3276PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3277 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3278 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3279 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3280
3281 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003282
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003283 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003284 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3285 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3286 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3287
3288 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003289 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003290
3291 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003292 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003293
3294 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3295 // 64: mq
3296 // 65: lr
3297 // 66: ctr
3298 // 67: ap
3299 // 68-75 cr0-7
3300 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003301 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003302
3303 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003304 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003305
3306 // 109: vrsave
3307 // 110: vscr
3308 // 111: spe_acc
3309 // 112: spefscr
3310 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003311 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003312
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003313 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003314}
3315
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003316// PowerPC-64
3317
3318namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003319/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3320class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003321public:
3322 enum ABIKind {
3323 ELFv1 = 0,
3324 ELFv2
3325 };
3326
3327private:
3328 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3329 ABIKind Kind;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003330 bool HasQPX;
3331
3332 // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
3333 // will be passed in a QPX register.
3334 bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
3335 if (!HasQPX)
3336 return false;
3337
3338 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3339 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3340 if (NumElements == 1)
3341 return false;
3342
3343 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
3344 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
3345 return true;
3346 } else if (VT->getElementType()->
3347 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3348 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
3349 return true;
3350 }
3351 }
3352
3353 return false;
3354 }
3355
3356 bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
3357 return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
3358 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003359
3360public:
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003361 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3362 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003363
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003364 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003365 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003366
3367 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3368 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3369
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003370 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3371 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3372 uint64_t Members) const override;
3373
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003374 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3375 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3376 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3377 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3378 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3379 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003380 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003381 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3382 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003383 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003384 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3385 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003386 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003387 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003388 if (T) {
3389 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003390 if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
3391 (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003392 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003393 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003394 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003395 continue;
3396 }
3397 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003398 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003399 }
3400 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003401
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003402 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3403 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003404};
3405
3406class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003407 bool HasQPX;
3408
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003409public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003410 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003411 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3412 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)),
3413 HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003414
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003415 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003416 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3417 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3418 }
3419
3420 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003421 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003422
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003423 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType QT) const override {
3424 if (HasQPX)
3425 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
3426 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
3427 return 32; // Natural alignment for QPX doubles.
3428
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003429 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors.
3430 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003431};
3432
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003433class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3434public:
3435 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3436
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003437 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003438 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3439 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3440 }
3441
3442 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003443 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003444
3445 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3446 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3447 }
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003448};
3449
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00003450} // namespace
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003451
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003452// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3453// extended to 64 bits.
3454bool
3455PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3456 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3457 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3458 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3459
3460 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3461 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3462 return true;
3463
3464 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3465 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3466 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3467 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3468 case BuiltinType::Int:
3469 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3470 return true;
3471 default:
3472 break;
3473 }
3474
3475 return false;
3476}
3477
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003478/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3479/// alignment in the parameter area.
3480bool
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003481PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const {
3482 Align32 = false;
3483
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003484 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3485 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3486 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3487
3488 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3489 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003490 if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3491 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
3492 Align32 = true;
3493
3494 return true;
3495 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003496 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003497 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003498
3499 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3500 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3501 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3502 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3503 if (EltType) {
3504 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003505 if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003506 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3507 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3508 AlignAsType = EltType;
3509 }
3510
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003511 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3512 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3513 uint64_t Members = 0;
3514 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3515 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3516 AlignAsType = Base;
3517
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003518 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003519 if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
3520 if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
3521 Align32 = true;
3522
3523 return true;
3524 } else if (AlignAsType) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003525 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003526 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003527
3528 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3529 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003530 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
3531 if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
3532 Align32 = true;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003533 return true;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003534 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003535
3536 return false;
3537}
3538
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003539/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3540/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3541/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003542bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3543 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003544 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3545 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3546 if (NElements == 0)
3547 return false;
3548 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3549 return false;
3550 Members *= NElements;
3551 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3552 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3553 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3554 return false;
3555
3556 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003557
3558 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3559 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3560 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3561 // Ignore empty records.
3562 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3563 continue;
3564
3565 uint64_t FldMembers;
3566 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3567 return false;
3568
3569 Members += FldMembers;
3570 }
3571 }
3572
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003573 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3574 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3575 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3576 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3577 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3578 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3579 return false;
3580 FT = AT->getElementType();
3581 }
3582 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3583 continue;
3584
3585 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3586 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3587 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3588 continue;
3589
3590 uint64_t FldMembers;
3591 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3592 return false;
3593
3594 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3595 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3596 }
3597
3598 if (!Base)
3599 return false;
3600
3601 // Ensure there is no padding.
3602 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3603 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3604 return false;
3605 } else {
3606 Members = 1;
3607 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3608 Members = 2;
3609 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3610 }
3611
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003612 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3613 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003614 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003615
3616 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3617 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3618 // treated as being equivalent here.
3619 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3620 if (!Base)
3621 Base = TyPtr;
3622
3623 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3624 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3625 return false;
3626 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003627 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3628}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003629
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003630bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3631 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3632 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3633 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3634 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3635 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3636 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3637 return true;
3638 }
3639 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003640 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003641 return true;
3642 }
3643 return false;
3644}
3645
3646bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3647 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003648 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3649 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003650 uint32_t NumRegs =
3651 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003652
3653 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003654 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003655}
3656
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003657ABIArgInfo
3658PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003659 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3660
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003661 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3662 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3663
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003664 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3665 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003666 if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003667 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3668 if (Size > 128)
3669 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3670 else if (Size < 128) {
3671 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3672 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3673 }
3674 }
3675
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003676 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003677 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003678 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003679
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003680 bool Align32;
3681 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32) ?
3682 (Align32 ? 32 : 16) : 8;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003683 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003684
3685 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3686 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3687 uint64_t Members = 0;
3688 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3689 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3690 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3691 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3692 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3693 }
3694
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003695 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3696 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3697 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3698 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3699 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3700 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3701 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3702
3703 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3704 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3705 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3706 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3707 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3708 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3709 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3710 else {
3711 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3712 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3713 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3714 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3715 }
3716
3717 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3718 }
3719
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003720 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003721 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3722 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003723 }
3724
3725 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3726 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3727}
3728
3729ABIArgInfo
3730PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3731 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3732 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3733
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003734 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3735 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3736
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003737 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3738 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003739 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003740 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3741 if (Size > 128)
3742 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3743 else if (Size < 128) {
3744 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3745 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3746 }
3747 }
3748
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003749 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3750 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3751 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3752 uint64_t Members = 0;
3753 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3754 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3755 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3756 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3757 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3758 }
3759
3760 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3761 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3762 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3763 if (Bits == 0)
3764 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3765
3766 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3767 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3768 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003769 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003770 } else
3771 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3772 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3773 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3774 }
3775
3776 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003777 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003778 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003779
3780 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3781 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3782}
3783
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003784// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3785llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3786 QualType Ty,
3787 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3788 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3789 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3790
3791 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3792 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3793 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3794
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003795 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003796 bool Align32;
3797 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32)) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003798 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003799 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt,
3800 Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? 31 : 15));
3801 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt,
3802 Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? -32 : -16));
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003803 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3804 }
3805
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003806 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3807 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3808 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3809 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003810 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003811 QualType BaseTy;
3812 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3813
3814 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3815 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3816 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3817 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3818 SizeInBytes = 16;
3819 }
3820
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003821 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3822 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3823 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3824 "ap.next");
3825 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3826
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003827 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3828 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3829 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3830 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3831 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3832 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3833 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3834 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3835 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003836 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003837 RealAddr =
3838 Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3839 ImagAddr =
3840 Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003841 } else {
3842 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3843 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003844 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3845 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3846 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3847 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3848 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00003849 llvm::AllocaInst *Ptr =
3850 CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), "vacplx");
3851 llvm::Value *RealPtr =
3852 Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 0, ".real");
3853 llvm::Value *ImagPtr =
3854 Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 1, ".imag");
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003855 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3856 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3857 return Ptr;
3858 }
3859
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003860 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3861 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3862 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003863 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003864 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3865 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3866 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3867 }
3868
3869 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3870 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3871}
3872
3873static bool
3874PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3875 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003876 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3877 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3878
3879 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3880
3881 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3882 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3883 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3884 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3885
3886 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3887 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3888
3889 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3890 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3891
3892 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3893 // 64: mq
3894 // 65: lr
3895 // 66: ctr
3896 // 67: ap
3897 // 68-75 cr0-7
3898 // 76: xer
3899 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3900
3901 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3902 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3903
3904 // 109: vrsave
3905 // 110: vscr
3906 // 111: spe_acc
3907 // 112: spefscr
3908 // 113: sfp
3909 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3910
3911 return false;
3912}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003913
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003914bool
3915PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3916 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3917 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3918
3919 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3920}
3921
3922bool
3923PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3924 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3925
3926 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3927}
3928
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003929//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003930// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003931//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3932
3933namespace {
3934
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003935class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003936public:
3937 enum ABIKind {
3938 AAPCS = 0,
3939 DarwinPCS
3940 };
3941
3942private:
3943 ABIKind Kind;
3944
3945public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003946 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003947
3948private:
3949 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3950 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3951
3952 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003953 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003954 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3955 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3956 uint64_t Members) const override;
3957
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003958 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3959
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00003960 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003961 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3962 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003963
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003964 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3965 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003966 }
3967
3968 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3969 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3970
3971 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3972 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3973
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003974 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3975 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003976 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3977 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3978 }
3979};
3980
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003981class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003982public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003983 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3984 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003985
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003986 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003987 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3988 }
3989
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003990 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3991 return 31;
3992 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003993
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003994 bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003995};
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00003996} // namespace
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003997
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003998ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003999 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4000
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004001 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4002 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4003 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4004 if (Size <= 32) {
4005 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004006 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4007 }
4008 if (Size == 64) {
4009 llvm::Type *ResType =
4010 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004011 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4012 }
4013 if (Size == 128) {
4014 llvm::Type *ResType =
4015 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004016 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4017 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004018 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4019 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004020
4021 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4022 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4023 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4024 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4025
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004026 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4027 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4028 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4029 }
4030
4031 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
4032 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004033 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004034 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004035 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004036 }
4037
4038 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
4039 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
4040 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4041 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
4042 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4043
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004044 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4045 }
4046
4047 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004048 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004049 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004050 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004051 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
4052 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004053 }
4054
4055 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
4056 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4057 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004058 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004059 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004060
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004061 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4062 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004063 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004064 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4065 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4066 }
4067 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4068 }
4069
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004070 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4071}
4072
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004073ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004074 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4075 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4076
4077 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4078 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
4079 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4080
4081 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4082 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4083 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4084 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4085
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00004086 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4087 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4088 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004089 }
4090
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004091 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4092 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4093
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004094 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004095 uint64_t Members = 0;
4096 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004097 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4098 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4099
4100 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4101 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4102 if (Size <= 128) {
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004103 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004104 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004105
4106 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4107 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4108 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4109 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4110 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4111 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004112 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4113 }
4114
4115 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4116}
4117
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004118/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4119bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004120 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4121 // Check whether VT is legal.
4122 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4123 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4124 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4125 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4126 return true;
4127 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4128 }
4129 return false;
4130}
4131
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004132bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4133 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4134 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4135 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4136 // including __fp16.
4137 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4138 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4139 return true;
4140 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4141 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4142 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4143 return true;
4144 }
4145 return false;
4146}
4147
4148bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4149 uint64_t Members) const {
4150 return Members <= 4;
4151}
4152
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004153llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4154 QualType Ty,
4155 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4156 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004157 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4158
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004159 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4160 if (IsIndirect)
4161 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4162 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4163 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4164
4165 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4166 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4167 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4168 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4169 }
4170 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4171
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004172 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4173 // Standard, section B.4:
4174 //
4175 // struct {
4176 // void *__stack;
4177 // void *__gr_top;
4178 // void *__vr_top;
4179 // int __gr_offs;
4180 // int __vr_offs;
4181 // };
4182
4183 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4184 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4185 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4186 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4187 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4188
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004189 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004190 int reg_top_index;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004191 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4192 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004193 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004194 reg_offs_p =
4195 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004196 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4197 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004198 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004199 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004200 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004201 reg_offs_p =
4202 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004203 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4204 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004205 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004206 }
4207
4208 //=======================================
4209 // Find out where argument was passed
4210 //=======================================
4211
4212 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4213 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4214 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4215 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004216 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004217 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4218 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4219
4220 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4221
4222 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004223 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004224 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4225
4226 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4227 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4228 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004229 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004230 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4231
4232 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4233 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4234 "align_regoffs");
4235 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4236 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4237 "aligned_regoffs");
4238 }
4239
4240 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004241 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004242 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4243 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4244 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4245
4246 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4247 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004248 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004249 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4250 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4251
4252 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4253
4254 //=======================================
4255 // Argument was in registers
4256 //=======================================
4257
4258 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4259 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4260 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4261
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004262 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004263 reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, reg_top_index,
4264 "reg_top_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004265 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4266 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004267 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004268 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4269
4270 if (IsIndirect) {
4271 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4272 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4273 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4274 }
4275
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004276 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004277 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4278 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004279 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004280 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4281 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4282 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4283 // contiguously.
4284 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4285 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4286 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00004287 llvm::AllocaInst *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004288 int Offset = 0;
4289
4290 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4291 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4292 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4293 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4294 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4295 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4296 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4297 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004298 llvm::Value *StoreAddr =
4299 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp->getAllocatedType(), Tmp, i);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004300
4301 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4302 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4303 }
4304
4305 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4306 } else {
4307 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4308 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004309 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4310 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004311 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4312 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4313 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4314
4315 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4316 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4317
4318 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4319 }
4320
4321 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4322 }
4323
4324 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4325
4326 //=======================================
4327 // Argument was on the stack
4328 //=======================================
4329 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4330
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004331 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00004332 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004333 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4334
4335 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4336 // floating-point ones might be affected.
4337 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4338 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4339
4340 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4341
4342 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4343 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4344 "align_stack");
4345 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4346 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4347 "align_stack");
4348
4349 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4350 }
4351
4352 uint64_t StackSize;
4353 if (IsIndirect)
4354 StackSize = 8;
4355 else
4356 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4357
4358 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4359 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4360
4361 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4362 llvm::Value *NewStack =
4363 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4364
4365 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4366 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4367
4368 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4369 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4370 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4371 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4372
4373 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4374 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4375
4376 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4377 }
4378
4379 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4380
4381 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4382
4383 //=======================================
4384 // Tidy up
4385 //=======================================
4386 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4387
4388 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4389 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4390 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4391
4392 if (IsIndirect)
4393 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4394
4395 return ResAddr;
4396}
4397
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004398llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4399 QualType Ty,
4400 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004401 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4402 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4403 // other cases.
4404 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004405 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004406
4407 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4408 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4409
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004410 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004411 uint64_t Members = 0;
4412 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004413
4414 bool isIndirect = false;
4415 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4416 // be passed indirectly.
4417 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4418 isIndirect = true;
4419 Size = 8;
4420 Align = 8;
4421 }
4422
4423 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4424 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4425
4426 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4427 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4428 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4429
4430 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4431 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4432 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4433 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4434 }
4435
4436 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4437 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4438 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4439 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4440 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4441 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4442 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4443 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4444 }
4445
4446 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4447 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4448 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4449 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4450
4451 if (isIndirect)
4452 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4453 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4454 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4455
4456 return AddrTyped;
4457}
4458
4459//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004460// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004461//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004462
4463namespace {
4464
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004465class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004466public:
4467 enum ABIKind {
4468 APCS = 0,
4469 AAPCS = 1,
4470 AAPCS_VFP
4471 };
4472
4473private:
4474 ABIKind Kind;
4475
4476public:
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004477 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004478 setCCs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004479 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004480
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004481 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004482 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4483 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4484 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004485 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004486 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004487 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004488 return true;
4489 default:
4490 return false;
4491 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004492 }
4493
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004494 bool isEABIHF() const {
4495 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4496 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4497 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4498 return true;
4499 default:
4500 return false;
4501 }
4502 }
4503
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004504 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4505
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004506private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004507 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004508 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004509 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004510
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004511 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4512 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4513 uint64_t Members) const override;
4514
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004515 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004516
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004517 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4518 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004519
4520 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4521 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004522 void setCCs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004523};
4524
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004525class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4526public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004527 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4528 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004529
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004530 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4531 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4532 }
4533
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004534 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004535 return 13;
4536 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004537
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004538 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004539 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4540 }
4541
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004542 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004543 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004544 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004545
4546 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004547 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004548 return false;
4549 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004550
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004551 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004552 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4553 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4554 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004555
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004556 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004557 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004558 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4559 if (!FD)
4560 return;
4561
4562 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4563 if (!Attr)
4564 return;
4565
4566 const char *Kind;
4567 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4568 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4569 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4570 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4571 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4572 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4573 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4574 }
4575
4576 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4577
4578 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4579
4580 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4581 return;
4582
4583 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4584 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4585 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4586 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4587 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4588 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4589 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4590 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4591 B));
4592 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004593};
4594
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004595class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4596 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4597 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4598
4599public:
4600 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4601 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4602
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004603 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004604 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4605};
4606
4607void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4608 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4609 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4610 return;
4611 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4612 return;
4613
4614 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4615 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4616 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4617}
4618
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004619void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004620 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004621 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004622 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4623}
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00004624} // namespace
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004625
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004626void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004627 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004628 FI.getReturnInfo() =
4629 classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004630
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004631 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4632 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004633
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004634 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4635 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4636 return;
4637
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004638 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4639 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004640 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004641}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004642
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004643/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4644llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4645 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004646 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004647 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4648 else if (isEABI())
4649 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4650 else
4651 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4652}
4653
4654/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4655/// as the C calling convention.
4656llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004657 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004658 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4659 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4660 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004661 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004662 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4663}
4664
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004665void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004666 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4667
4668 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4669 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4670 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4671 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4672 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004673
4674 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4675 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004676}
4677
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004678ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
4679 bool isVariadic) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004680 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4681 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4682 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4683 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4684 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4685 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4686 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004687 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004688
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004689 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4690
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004691 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4692 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4693 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4694 if (Size <= 32) {
4695 llvm::Type *ResType =
4696 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004697 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004698 }
4699 if (Size == 64) {
4700 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4701 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004702 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004703 }
4704 if (Size == 128) {
4705 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4706 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004707 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004708 }
4709 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4710 }
4711
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004712 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004713 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004714 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004715 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004716 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004717
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004718 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4719 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004720 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004721
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004722 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004723 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004724 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004725
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004726 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004727 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004728 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4729
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004730 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004731 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4732 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004733 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004734 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004735 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004736 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004737 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004738 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004739 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004740 }
4741
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004742 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004743 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4744 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4745 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004746 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4747 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4748 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004749 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004750 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004751
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004752 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004753 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004754 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004755 }
4756
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004757 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004758 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004759 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004760 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4761 // we can.
4762 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004763 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4764 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004765 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004766 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4767 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004768 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004769
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004770 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004771}
4772
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004773static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004774 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4775 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4776 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4777 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4778
4779 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4780
4781 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4782 if (Size > 32)
4783 return false;
4784
4785 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4786 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4787 return false;
4788
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004789 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4790 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4791 return false;
4792
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004793 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004794 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004795 return true;
4796
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004797 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4798 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4799 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004800
4801 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4802 // above, but they are not.
4803
4804 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4805 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4806 if (!RT) return false;
4807
4808 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4809 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4810 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4811 return false;
4812
4813 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4814 // like".
4815 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4816
4817 bool HadField = false;
4818 unsigned idx = 0;
4819 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4820 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004821 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004822
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004823 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4824 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4825 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4826 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4827 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4828 if (!RD->isUnion())
4829 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004830
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004831 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4832 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004833
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004834 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004835 }
4836
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004837 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4838 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4839 return false;
4840
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004841 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4842 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004843
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004844 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4845 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4846 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004847 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4848 if (HadField)
4849 return false;
4850
4851 HadField = true;
4852 }
4853 }
4854
4855 return true;
4856}
4857
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004858ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4859 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004860 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004861
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004862 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004863 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004864
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004865 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004866 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004867 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004868 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004869
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004870 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004871 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4872 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4873 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4874
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004875 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4876 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004877 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004878
4879 // Are we following APCS?
4880 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004881 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004882 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4883
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004884 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4885 //
4886 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4887 // correctly.
4888 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004889 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4890 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004891
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004892 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004893 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004894 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004895 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004896 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004897 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004898 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004899 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4900 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004901 }
4902
4903 // Otherwise return in memory.
4904 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004905 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004906
4907 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4908
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004909 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004910 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4911
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004912 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004913 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004914 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004915 uint64_t Members;
4916 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004917 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004918 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004919 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004920 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004921 }
4922
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004923 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4924 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004925 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004926 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004927 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4928 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004930
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004931 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4932 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004933 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004934 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004935 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4936 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004937 }
4938
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004939 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004940}
4941
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004942/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4943bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4944 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4945 // Check whether VT is legal.
4946 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4947 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4948 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4949 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4950 return true;
4951 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4952 return Size <= 32;
4953 }
4954 return false;
4955}
4956
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004957bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4958 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4959 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4960 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4961 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4962 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4963 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4964 return true;
4965 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4966 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4967 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4968 return true;
4969 }
4970 return false;
4971}
4972
4973bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4974 uint64_t Members) const {
4975 return Members <= 4;
4976}
4977
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004978llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004979 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004980 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4981 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004982
4983 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004984 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004985 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004986
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004987 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4988 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4989 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4990 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4991 }
4992
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004993 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004994 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004995 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004996
4997 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4998 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004999 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5000 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
5001 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
5002 else
5003 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005004 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5005 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
5006 IsIndirect = true;
5007 Size = 4;
5008 TyAlign = 4;
5009 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005010
5011 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005012 if (TyAlign > 4) {
5013 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
5014 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
5015 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
5016 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
5017 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005018 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005019 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005020
5021 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005022 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005023 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00005024 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005025 "ap.next");
5026 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5027
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005028 if (IsIndirect)
5029 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005030 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005031 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
5032 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
5033 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
5034 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
5035 // than the ABI alignment.
5036 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
5037 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
5038 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
5039 "var.align");
5040 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
5041 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
5042 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
5043 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
5044 TyAlign, false);
5045 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
5046 }
5047 llvm::Type *PTy =
5048 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5049 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5050
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005051 return AddrTyped;
5052}
5053
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005054//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005055// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005056//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5057
5058namespace {
5059
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005060class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005061public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005062 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005063
5064 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5065 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5066
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005067 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5068 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5069 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005070};
5071
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005072class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005073public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005074 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5075 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005076
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005077 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005078 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005079private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005080 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5081 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5082 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005083};
5084
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005085ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005086 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5087 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005088
5089 // note: this is different from default ABI
5090 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5091 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5092
5093 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5094 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5095 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5096
5097 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5098 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005099}
5100
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005101ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005102 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5103 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5104 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005105
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005106 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5107 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5108 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5109
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005110 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5111 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005112}
5113
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005114void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005115 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5116 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005117 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5118 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005119
5120 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5121 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5122 return;
5123
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005124 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5125}
5126
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005127llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5128 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5129 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005130}
5131
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005132void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005133setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005134 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005135 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5136 if (!FD) return;
5137
5138 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5139
5140 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005141 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005142 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005143 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005144 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005145 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005146 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5147 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005148 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005149 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005150 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005151 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005152
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005153 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005154 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005155 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005156 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5157 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005158 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5159 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5160 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5161 }
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005162 if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005163 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005164 llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
5165 MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5166 if (MaxThreads > 0)
5167 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());
5168
5169 // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
5170 // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
5171 // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
5172 if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
5173 llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
5174 MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5175 if (MinBlocks > 0)
5176 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5177 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005178 }
5179 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005180 }
5181}
5182
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005183void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5184 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005185 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5186 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5187
5188 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5189 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5190
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005191 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5192 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5193 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5194 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005195 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5196 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5197}
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00005198} // namespace
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005199
5200//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005201// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5202//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5203
5204namespace {
5205
5206class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005207 bool HasVector;
5208
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005209public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005210 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV)
5211 : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005212
5213 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5214 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005215 bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005216 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005217 QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005218
5219 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5220 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5221
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005222 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005223 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5224 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005225 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5226 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005227 }
5228
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005229 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5230 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005231};
5232
5233class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5234public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005235 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector)
5236 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005237};
5238
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00005239} // namespace
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005240
5241bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5242 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5243 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5244 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5245
5246 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5247 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5248 return true;
5249
5250 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5251 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5252 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5253 case BuiltinType::Int:
5254 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5255 return true;
5256 default:
5257 return false;
5258 }
5259 return false;
5260}
5261
5262bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005263 return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
5264 Ty->isVectorType() ||
5265 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005266}
5267
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005268bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5269 return (HasVector &&
5270 Ty->isVectorType() &&
5271 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
5272}
5273
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005274bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5275 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5276 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5277 case BuiltinType::Float:
5278 case BuiltinType::Double:
5279 return true;
5280 default:
5281 return false;
5282 }
5283
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005284 return false;
5285}
5286
5287QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005288 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5289 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005290 QualType Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005291
5292 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5293 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005294 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5295 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005296
5297 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5298 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5299 continue;
5300
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005301 if (!Found.isNull())
5302 return Ty;
5303 Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005304 }
5305
5306 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005307 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005308 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005309 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5310 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005311 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5312 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5313 continue;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005314
5315 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005316 // Nested structures still do though.
5317 if (!Found.isNull())
5318 return Ty;
5319 Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005320 }
5321
5322 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5323 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005324 if (!Found.isNull())
5325 return Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005326 }
5327
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005328 return Ty;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005329}
5330
5331llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5332 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5333 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5334 // struct {
5335 // i64 __gpr;
5336 // i64 __fpr;
5337 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5338 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5339 // };
5340
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005341 // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
5342 // in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
5343 // always passed on the stack.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005344 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005345 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
5346 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005347 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005348 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005349 bool InFPRs = false;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005350 bool IsVector = false;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005351 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5352 if (IsIndirect) {
5353 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5354 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005355 } else {
5356 if (AI.getCoerceToType())
5357 ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
5358 InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005359 IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005360 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005361 }
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005362 unsigned PaddedBitSize = (IsVector && UnpaddedBitSize > 64) ? 128 : 64;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005363 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5364
5365 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5366 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5367
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005368 llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
5369 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5370
5371 if (IsVector) {
5372 // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
5373 // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
5374 // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
5375 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5376 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 2,
5377 "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5378 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5379 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5380 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5381 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OverflowArgArea, APTy, "mem_addr");
5382
5383 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5384 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5385 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5386 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5387
5388 return MemAddr;
5389 }
5390
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005391 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5392 if (InFPRs) {
5393 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5394 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5395 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5396 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5397 } else {
5398 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5399 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5400 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5401 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5402 }
5403
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005404 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5405 nullptr, VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005406 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005407 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5408 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005409 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005410
5411 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5412 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5413 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5414 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5415
5416 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5417 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5418
5419 // Work out the address of an argument register.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005420 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5421 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5422 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5423 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5424 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5425 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5426 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005427 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005428 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5429 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5430 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5431 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5432 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5433 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5434
5435 // Update the register count
5436 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5437 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5438 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5439 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5440 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5441
5442 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5443 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5444
5445 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005446 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5447 nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005448 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5449 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5450 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5451 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5452 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5453 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5454 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5455
5456 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5457 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5458 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5459 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5460 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5461
5462 // Return the appropriate result.
5463 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5464 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5465 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5466 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5467
5468 if (IsIndirect)
5469 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5470
5471 return ResAddr;
5472}
5473
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005474ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5475 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5476 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005477 if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
5478 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005479 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5480 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5481 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5482 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5483}
5484
5485ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5486 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005487 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005488 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5489
5490 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5491 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5492 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5493
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005494 // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that
5495 // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
5496 // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005497 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005498 QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
5499 if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
5500 getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
5501 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));
5502
5503 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005504 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005505 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005506
5507 // Handle small structures.
5508 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5509 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5510 // fail the size test above.
5511 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5512 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005513 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005514
5515 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5516 llvm::Type *PassTy;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005517 if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005518 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5519 if (Size == 32)
5520 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5521 else
5522 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5523 } else
5524 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5525 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5526 }
5527
5528 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5529 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005530 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005531
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005532 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005533}
5534
5535//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005536// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005537//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005538
5539namespace {
5540
5541class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5542public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005543 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5544 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005545 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005546 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005547};
5548
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00005549} // namespace
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005550
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005551void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005552 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5553 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5554 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5555 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5556 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5557 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5558
5559 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5560 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5561
5562 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005563 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005564
5565 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005566 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005567 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5568 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005569 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005570 }
5571}
5572
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005573//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005574// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5575// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005576//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5577
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005578namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005579class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005580 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005581 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5582 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005583 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005584 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005585 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005586 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005587public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005588 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005589 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005590 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005591
5592 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005593 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005594 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5595 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5596 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005597 bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005598};
5599
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005600class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005601 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005602public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005603 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5604 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005605 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005606
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005607 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005608 return 29;
5609 }
5610
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005611 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005612 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005613 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5614 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005615 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005616 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5617 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5618 }
5619 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5620 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5621 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005622 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005623
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005624 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005625 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005626
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005627 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005628 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005629 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005630};
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00005631} // namespace
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005632
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005633void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(
5634 uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005635 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5636 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005637
5638 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5639 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5640 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5641
5642 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5643 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5644
5645 if (R)
5646 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005647}
5648
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005649// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5650// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005651llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005652 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5653
5654 if (IsO32) {
5655 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5656 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5657 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005658
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005659 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5660 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005661
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005662 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005663
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005664 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5665 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5666 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5667 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5668 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005669
5670 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5671 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005672 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005673
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005674 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5675 unsigned idx = 0;
5676 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5677
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005678 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5679 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005680 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5681 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005682 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005683 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5684
5685 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5686 continue;
5687
5688 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5689 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5690 continue;
5691
5692 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5693 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5694 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5695
5696 // Add double type.
5697 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5698 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5699 }
5700
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005701 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5702 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005703
5704 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5705}
5706
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005707llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5708 uint64_t Offset) const {
5709 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005710 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005711
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005712 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005713}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005714
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005715ABIArgInfo
5716MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00005717 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5718
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005719 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005720 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005721 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005722
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005723 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5724 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005725 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5726 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005727
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005728 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005729 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005730 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005731 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5732
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005733 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005734 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005735 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005736 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005737
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005738 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5739 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5740 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00005741 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5742 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5743 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5744 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5745 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005746 }
5747
5748 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5749 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5750 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5751
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00005752 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5753 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005754 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5755
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005756 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005757 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005758}
5759
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005760llvm::Type*
5761MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005762 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005763 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005764
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005765 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005766 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005767 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5768 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005769
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005770 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5771 // following conditions are met:
5772 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5773 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5774 // point types.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005775 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005776 //
5777 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5778 //
5779 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5780 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5781 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005782 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005783
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005784 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5785 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005786
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005787 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005788 }
5789
5790 if (b == e)
5791 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5792 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5793
5794 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005795 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005796 }
5797
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005798 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005799 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5800}
5801
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005802ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005803 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5804
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00005805 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5806 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5807
5808 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5809 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5810 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005811 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5812
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005813 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005814 if (Size <= 128) {
5815 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5816 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5817
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005818 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00005819 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005820 if (!IsO32 ||
5821 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5822 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5823 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5824 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5825 return ArgInfo;
5826 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005827 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005828
5829 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5830 }
5831
5832 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5833 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5834 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5835
5836 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5837 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5838}
5839
5840void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005841 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005842 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5843 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005844
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005845 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005846 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005847
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005848 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5849 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005850}
5851
5852llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5853 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005854 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5855 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005856
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005857 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5858 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005859 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005860 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5861 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5862 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5863 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005864 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5865 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5866 }
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005867
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005868 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5869 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5870 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Daniel Sanders8d36a612014-09-22 13:27:06 +00005871 int64_t TypeAlign =
5872 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005873 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5874 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005875 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5876
5877 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5878 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5879 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5880 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5881 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5882 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5883 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5884 }
5885 else
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005886 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005887
5888 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5889 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005890 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5891 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005892 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5893 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5894 "ap.next");
5895 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005896
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005897 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005898}
5899
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005900bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
5901 int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005902
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005903 // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
5904 if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
5905 return true;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005906
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005907 return false;
5908}
5909
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005910bool
5911MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5912 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5913 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5914 // as canonical as it gets.
5915
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005916 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5917 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005918 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005919
5920 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5921 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5922 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5923 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005924 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005925
5926 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5927 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5928
5929 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5930 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5931 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5932 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5933 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005934 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005935 return false;
5936}
5937
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005938//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5939// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005940// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005941// handling.
5942//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5943
5944namespace {
5945
5946class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5947public:
5948 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5949 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5950
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005951 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005952 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005953};
5954
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005955void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005956 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005957 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5958 if (!FD) return;
5959
5960 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005961
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005962 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005963 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5964 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005965 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005966 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5967 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005968 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5969 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005970 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5971 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(
5972 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005973
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005974 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5975 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005976
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005977 Operands.push_back(
5978 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5979 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5980 Operands.push_back(
5981 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5982 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5983 Operands.push_back(
5984 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5985 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005986
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005987 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint"
5988 // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later.
5989 // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005990 Operands.push_back(
5991 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005992 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5993 }
5994 }
5995 }
5996}
5997
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00005998} // namespace
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005999
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006000//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6001// Hexagon ABI Implementation
6002//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6003
6004namespace {
6005
6006class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6007
6008
6009public:
6010 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6011
6012private:
6013
6014 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6015 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6016
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006017 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006018
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006019 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6020 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006021};
6022
6023class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6024public:
6025 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6026 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6027
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006028 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006029 return 29;
6030 }
6031};
6032
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00006033} // namespace
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006034
6035void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006036 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6037 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006038 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6039 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006040}
6041
6042ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6043 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6044 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6045 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6046 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6047
6048 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6049 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6050 }
6051
6052 // Ignore empty records.
6053 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6054 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6055
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006056 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00006057 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006058
6059 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6060 if (Size > 64)
6061 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6062 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6063 else if (Size > 32)
6064 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6065 else if (Size > 16)
6066 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6067 else if (Size > 8)
6068 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6069 else
6070 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6071}
6072
6073ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6074 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6075 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6076
6077 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6078 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6079 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
6080
6081 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6082 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6083 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6084 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6085
6086 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6087 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6088 }
6089
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006090 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6091 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6092
6093 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6094 // are returned indirectly.
6095 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6096 if (Size <= 64) {
6097 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6098 if (Size <= 8)
6099 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6100 if (Size <= 16)
6101 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6102 if (Size <= 32)
6103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6104 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6105 }
6106
6107 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6108}
6109
6110llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006111 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006112 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006113 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006114
6115 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6116 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
6117 "ap");
6118 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6119 llvm::Type *PTy =
6120 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
6121 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
6122
6123 uint64_t Offset =
6124 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
6125 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
6126 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
6127 "ap.next");
6128 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6129
6130 return AddrTyped;
6131}
6132
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006133//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6134// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6135//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6136
6137namespace {
6138
6139class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6140public:
6141 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6142 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006143 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006144 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6145};
6146
Alexander Kornienko3d9d9292015-06-22 09:47:44 +00006147} // namespace
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006148
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006149void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006150 const Decl *D,
6151 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6152 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6153 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6154 if (!FD)
6155 return;
6156
6157 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6158 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6159 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6160 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6161 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6162 }
6163
6164 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6165 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6166 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6167 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6168 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6169 }
6170}
6171
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006172
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006173//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6174// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6175// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6176//
6177// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6178// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6179// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6180//
6181// One case requires special care:
6182//
6183// struct mixed {
6184// int i;
6185// float f;
6186// };
6187//
6188// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6189// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6190// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6191// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6192//
6193// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6194//
6195// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6196// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6197// bytes.
6198//
6199namespace {
6200class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6201public:
6202 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6203
6204private:
6205 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006206 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6207 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6208 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006209
6210 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6211 // serves two purposes:
6212 //
6213 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6214 // in registers.
6215 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6216 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6217 //
6218 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6219 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6220 //
6221 struct CoerceBuilder {
6222 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6223 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6224 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6225 uint64_t Size;
6226 bool InReg;
6227
6228 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6229 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6230
6231 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6232 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6233 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6234 if (ToSize == Size)
6235 return;
6236
6237 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6238 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6239 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6240 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6241 Size = Aligned;
6242 }
6243
6244 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6245 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6246 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6247 Size += 64;
6248 }
6249
6250 // Final in-word padding.
6251 if (Size < ToSize) {
6252 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6253 Size = ToSize;
6254 }
6255 }
6256
6257 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6258 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6259 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6260 if (Offset % Bits)
6261 return;
6262 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6263 if (Bits < 64)
6264 InReg = true;
6265 pad(Offset);
6266 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6267 Size = Offset + Bits;
6268 }
6269
6270 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6271 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6272 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6273 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6274 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6275 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6276 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6277 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6278 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6279 break;
6280 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6281 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6282 break;
6283 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6284 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6285 break;
6286 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6287 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6288 break;
6289 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6290 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6291 pad(ElemOffset);
6292 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6293 Size += 64;
6294 }
6295 break;
6296 default:
6297 break;
6298 }
6299 }
6300 }
6301
6302 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6303 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
Benjamin Kramer39ccabe2015-03-02 11:57:06 +00006304 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006305 }
6306
6307 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6308 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6309 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6310 return Elems.front();
6311 else
6312 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6313 }
6314 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006315};
6316} // end anonymous namespace
6317
6318ABIArgInfo
6319SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6320 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6321 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6322
6323 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6324
6325 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6326 // pointer / sret pointer.
6327 if (Size > SizeLimit)
6328 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6329
6330 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6331 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6332 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6333
6334 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6335 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6336 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6337
6338 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6339 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6340 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6341
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006342 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6343 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6344 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6345 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6346
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006347 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006348 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6349 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6350 if (!StrTy)
6351 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6352
6353 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6354 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6355 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6356
6357 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6358 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6359
6360 if (CB.InReg)
6361 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6362 else
6363 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006364}
6365
6366llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6367 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006368 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6369 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6370 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6371 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6372
6373 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6374 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6375 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6376 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6377 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6378 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6379 unsigned Stride;
6380
6381 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6382 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006383 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006384 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6385
6386 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6387 Stride = 8;
6388 ArgAddr = Builder
6389 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6390 "extend");
6391 break;
6392
6393 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6394 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6395 ArgAddr = Addr;
6396 break;
6397
6398 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6399 Stride = 8;
6400 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6401 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6402 "indirect");
6403 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6404 break;
6405
6406 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6407 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6408 }
6409
6410 // Update VAList.
6411 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6412 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6413
6414 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006415}
6416
6417void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6418 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006419 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6420 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006421}
6422
6423namespace {
6424class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6425public:
6426 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006428
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006429 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006430 return 14;
6431 }
6432
6433 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006434 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006435};
6436} // end anonymous namespace
6437
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006438bool
6439SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6440 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6441 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6442 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6443
6444 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6445
6446 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6447 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6448 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6449
6450 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6451 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6452
6453 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6454 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6455
6456 // Y = 64
6457 // PSR = 65
6458 // WIM = 66
6459 // TBR = 67
6460 // PC = 68
6461 // NPC = 69
6462 // FSR = 70
6463 // CSR = 71
6464 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006465
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006466 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6467 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6468
6469 return false;
6470}
6471
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006472
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006473//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006474// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006475//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006476
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006477namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006478
6479/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6480/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6481typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6482
6483/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6484///
6485/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6486/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6487/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6488///
6489/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6490/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6491/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6492/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6493/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6494/// Recursive type encoding.
6495///
6496/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6497/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6498/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6499/// the type is encountered.
6500///
6501/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6502/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6503/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6504/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6505/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6506///
6507/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6508/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6509/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6510/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6511/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6512///
6513/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6514///
6515/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6516/// cached encoding is used;
6517///
6518/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6519/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6520///
6521/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6522/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6523///
6524/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6525/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6526/// it is swapped back in;
6527///
6528/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6529/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6530/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6531///
6532/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6533/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6534/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6535/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6536///
6537class TypeStringCache {
6538 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6539 struct Entry {
6540 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6541 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6542 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6543 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6544 };
6545 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6546 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6547 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6548public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006549 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006550 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6551 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6552 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6553 bool IsRecursive);
6554 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6555};
6556
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006557/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006558/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6559class FieldEncoding {
6560 bool HasName;
6561 std::string Enc;
6562public:
6563 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6564 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6565 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6566 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6567 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6568 }
6569};
6570
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006571class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6572public:
6573 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006574 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6575 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006576};
6577
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006578class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006579 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006580public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006581 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006582 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006583 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6584 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006585};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006586
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006587} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006588
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006589llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6590 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006591 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006592
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006593 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006594 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6595 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6596 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006597
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006598 // Handle the argument.
6599 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6600 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6601 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6602 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006603 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006604 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006605 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006606 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006607 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006608 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006609 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6610 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006611 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6612 ArgSize = 0;
6613 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006614 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6615 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006616 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6617 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6618 if (ArgSize < 4)
6619 ArgSize = 4;
6620 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006621 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6622 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6623 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6624 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006625 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6626 ArgSize = 4;
6627 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006628 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006629
6630 // Increment the VAList.
6631 if (ArgSize) {
6632 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6633 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6634 }
6635 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006636}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006637
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006638/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6639/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6640/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6641/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6642/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6643void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6644 std::string StubEnc) {
6645 if (!ID)
6646 return;
6647 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6648 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6649 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6650 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6651 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6652 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6653 E.State = Incomplete;
6654 ++IncompleteCount;
6655}
6656
6657/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6658/// must be removed from the cache.
6659/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6660/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6661bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6662 if (!ID)
6663 return false;
6664 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6665 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6666 Entry &E = I->second;
6667 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6668 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6669 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6670 bool IsRecursive = false;
6671 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6672 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6673 IsRecursive = true;
6674 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6675 }
6676 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6677 Map.erase(I);
6678 else {
6679 // Swap the Recursive back.
6680 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6681 E.Swapped.clear();
6682 E.State = Recursive;
6683 }
6684 --IncompleteCount;
6685 return IsRecursive;
6686}
6687
6688/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6689/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6690void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6691 bool IsRecursive) {
6692 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6693 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6694 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6695 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6696 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6697 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6698 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6699 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6700 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6701 return;
6702 }
6703 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6704 E.Str = Str.str();
6705 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6706}
6707
6708/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6709/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6710/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6711StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6712 if (!ID)
6713 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6714 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6715 if (I == Map.end())
6716 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6717 Entry &E = I->second;
6718 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6719 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6720
6721 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6722 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6723 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6724 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6725 }
6726 return E.Str.c_str();
6727}
6728
6729/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6730/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6731/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6732/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6733/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6734/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6735///
6736/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6737/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006738/// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006739/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6740///
6741static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6742 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6743
6744/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6745void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6746 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6747 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6748 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6749 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006750 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6751 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006752 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6753 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6754 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6755 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6756 }
6757}
6758
6759static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6760 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6761 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6762
6763/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006764/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration
6765/// order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006766static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6767 const RecordDecl *RD,
6768 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6769 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006770 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006771 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6772 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006773 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006774 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006775 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006776 Enc += "b(";
6777 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6778 OS.resync();
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006779 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006780 OS.flush();
6781 Enc += ':';
6782 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006783 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006784 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006785 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006786 Enc += ')';
6787 Enc += '}';
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00006788 FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006789 }
6790 return true;
6791}
6792
6793/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6794/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6795/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6796static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6797 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6798 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6799 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6800 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6801 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6802 Enc += TypeString;
6803 return true;
6804 }
6805
6806 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6807 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6808 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6809 Enc += '(';
6810 if (ID)
6811 Enc += ID->getName();
6812 Enc += "){";
6813
6814 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6815 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006816 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6817 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6818 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6819 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6820 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006821 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006822 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6823 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6824 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6825 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6826 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6827 return false;
6828 }
6829 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6830 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6831 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6832 if (RT->isUnionType())
6833 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006834 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6835 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006836 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6837 if (I)
6838 Enc += ',';
6839 Enc += FE[I].str();
6840 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006841 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006842 Enc += '}';
6843 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6844 return true;
6845}
6846
6847/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6848static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6849 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6850 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6851 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6852 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6853 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6854 Enc += TypeString;
6855 return true;
6856 }
6857
6858 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6859 Enc += "e(";
6860 if (ID)
6861 Enc += ID->getName();
6862 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006863
6864 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006865 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006866 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6867 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6868 ++I) {
6869 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6870 EnumEnc += "m(";
6871 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6872 EnumEnc += "){";
6873 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6874 EnumEnc += '}';
6875 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6876 }
6877 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6878 unsigned E = FE.size();
6879 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6880 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006881 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006882 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006883 }
6884 }
6885 Enc += '}';
6886 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6887 return true;
6888}
6889
6890/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6891/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6892static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6893 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6894 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6895 int Lookup = 0;
6896 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6897 Lookup += 1<<0;
6898 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6899 Lookup += 1<<1;
6900 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6901 Lookup += 1<<2;
6902 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6903}
6904
6905/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6906static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6907 const char *EncType;
6908 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6909 case BuiltinType::Void:
6910 EncType = "0";
6911 break;
6912 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6913 EncType = "b";
6914 break;
6915 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6916 EncType = "uc";
6917 break;
6918 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6919 EncType = "uc";
6920 break;
6921 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6922 EncType = "sc";
6923 break;
6924 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6925 EncType = "us";
6926 break;
6927 case BuiltinType::Short:
6928 EncType = "ss";
6929 break;
6930 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6931 EncType = "ui";
6932 break;
6933 case BuiltinType::Int:
6934 EncType = "si";
6935 break;
6936 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6937 EncType = "ul";
6938 break;
6939 case BuiltinType::Long:
6940 EncType = "sl";
6941 break;
6942 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6943 EncType = "ull";
6944 break;
6945 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6946 EncType = "sll";
6947 break;
6948 case BuiltinType::Float:
6949 EncType = "ft";
6950 break;
6951 case BuiltinType::Double:
6952 EncType = "d";
6953 break;
6954 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6955 EncType = "ld";
6956 break;
6957 default:
6958 return false;
6959 }
6960 Enc += EncType;
6961 return true;
6962}
6963
6964/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6965static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6966 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6967 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6968 Enc += "p(";
6969 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6970 return false;
6971 Enc += ')';
6972 return true;
6973}
6974
6975/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006976static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6977 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006978 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6979 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6980 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6981 return false;
6982 Enc += "a(";
6983 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6984 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6985 else
6986 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6987 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006988 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6989 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006990 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6991 return false;
6992 Enc += ')';
6993 return true;
6994}
6995
6996/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6997/// and the arguments.
6998static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6999 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7000 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7001 Enc += "f{";
7002 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
7003 return false;
7004 Enc += "}(";
7005 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7006 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
7007 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
7008 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
7009 if (I != E) {
7010 do {
7011 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
7012 return false;
7013 ++I;
7014 if (I != E)
7015 Enc += ',';
7016 } while (I != E);
7017 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7018 Enc += ",va";
7019 } else {
7020 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7021 Enc += "va";
7022 else
7023 Enc += '0';
7024 }
7025 }
7026 Enc += ')';
7027 return true;
7028}
7029
7030/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7031/// type encodings.
7032static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7033 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7034 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7035
7036 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7037
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007038 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7039 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7040 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7041 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7042
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007043 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7044
7045 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7046 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7047
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007048 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7049 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7050
7051 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7052 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7053
7054 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7055 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7056
7057 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7058 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7059
7060 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7061 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7062
7063 return false;
7064}
7065
7066static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7067 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7068 if (!D)
7069 return false;
7070
7071 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7072 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7073 return false;
7074 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7075 }
7076
7077 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7078 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7079 return false;
7080 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7081 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7082 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007083 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7084 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7085 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007086 }
7087 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7088 }
7089 return false;
7090}
7091
7092
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007093//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7094// Driver code
7095//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7096
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007097const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7098 return getTarget().getTriple();
7099}
7100
7101bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7102 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7103}
7104
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007105const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007106 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7107 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007108
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007109 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007110 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007111 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007112 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007113
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007114 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7115 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007116 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7117 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007118 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7119
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007120 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7121 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007122 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7123
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007124 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007125 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007126 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007127 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007128 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007129
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007130 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007131 }
7132
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007133 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007134 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007135 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007136 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007137 {
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00007138 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7139 TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7140 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7141 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7142 }
7143
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007144 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007145 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007146 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007147 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007148 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7149 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007150 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7151
Derek Schuff71658bd2015-01-29 00:47:04 +00007152 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007153 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007154
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007155 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007156 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007157 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007158 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007159 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007160 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7161 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007162 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007163
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007164 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007165 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007166 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007167 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007168 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007169 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007170 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007171 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007172 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007173 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007174
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007175 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007176 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007177 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007178
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007179 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7180 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007181 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007182
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007183 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007184 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007185
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00007186 case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
7187 bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
7188 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7189 HasVector));
7190 }
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007191
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007192 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7193 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7194
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007195 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007196 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7197 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7198 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007199 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007200
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007201 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007202 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
7203 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7204 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007205 } else {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007206 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
7207 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7208 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007209 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007210 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007211
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007212 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007213 StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI();
7214 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel = (ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX :
7215 X86AVXABILevel::None);
7216
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007217 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7218 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007219 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7220 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00007221 case llvm::Triple::PS4:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007222 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7223 new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007224 default:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007225 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7226 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007227 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007228 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007229 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7230 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007231 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7232 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007233 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7234 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007235 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7236 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007237 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007238 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007239 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007240}